{"title":"Black Friday Plantenbakken","description":"\u003cmain\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBlack Friday Plantenbakken: Beste keuze in België in 2026\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOp zoek naar Black Friday plantenbakken om je tuin, terras of balkon een nieuwe uitstraling te geven? Black Friday 2026 is het ideale moment om plantenbakken in verschillende materialen, afmetingen en uitvoeringen te vergelijken en mogelijke aanbiedingen te ontdekken. Of je nu een langwerpige plantenbak als natuurlijke afscheiding zoekt, een vierkant model voor een terras of een hoge ronde uitvoering als decoratief accent, een goede voorbereiding helpt je om de juiste keuze te maken. Ontdek waar je tijdens Black Friday op moet letten en welke plantenbakken bij jouw buitenruimte passen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWat zijn Black Friday plantenbakken?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Friday plantenbakken zijn plantenbakken die tijdens de jaarlijkse Black Friday-periode extra aandacht krijgen van consumenten die op zoek zijn naar aantrekkelijke prijzen en mogelijke aanbiedingen. Het gaat om bestaande plantenbakken in verschillende materialen, vormen en afmetingen die je tijdens deze koopperiode kunt vergelijken. Wie tijdens Black Friday een plantenbak wil kopen, kijkt best verder dan alleen een eventuele korting. Ook de materiaalkeuze, afwatering, constructie en geschiktheid voor de beoogde locatie bepalen of een model op lange termijn de juiste keuze is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Friday valt in 2026 op vrijdag 27 november. Het is verstandig om vooraf je gewenste afmetingen, materiaal en budget te bepalen, zodat je eventuele Black Friday aanbiedingen eenvoudig kunt beoordelen. Controleer altijd de actuele productprijs, beschikbaarheid en actievoorwaarden. Niet iedere plantenbak is tijdens Black Friday automatisch afgeprijsd.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVoordelen en nadelen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVoordelen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlack Friday is een geschikt moment om mogelijke aanbiedingen op plantenbakken te vergelijken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eJe kunt verschillende materialen, vormen en afmetingen naast elkaar beoordelen voordat je koopt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEr zijn uitvoeringen voor compacte terrassen, ruime tuinen en zakelijke buitenomgevingen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDuurzame materialen zoals cortenstaal zijn geschikt voor langdurig buitengebruik\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoor vooraf producteigenschappen en prijzen te vergelijken, kun je een weloverwogen aankoop doen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNadelen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNiet iedere plantenbak komt tijdens Black Friday in aanmerking voor een aanbieding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEen aantrekkelijke actieprijs betekent niet automatisch dat het model geschikt is voor jouw toepassing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrote uitvoeringen vragen voldoende plaats en aandacht voor het totale gewicht na het vullen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCortenstaal ontwikkelt geleidelijk een roestkleur en kan tijdens dat proces roestwater afgeven\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVoor wie is dit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuinbezitters die tijdens Black Friday plantenbakken willen vergelijken voor het creëren van groene zones en borders\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTerrasbezitters die op zoek zijn naar mogelijke Black Friday aanbiedingen voor plantenbakken op verharde oppervlakken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBalkonbezitters die compacte modellen willen vinden en daarbij rekening houden met beschikbare ruimte en draagkracht\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorecaondernemers die hun terraszones willen vernieuwen en verschillende plantenbakken tijdens Black Friday vergelijken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBedrijven en kantoren die groene accenten willen toevoegen bij entrees en buitenruimtes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTuinontwerpers die tijdens Black Friday verschillende vormen, hoogtes en materialen willen vergelijken voor toekomstige projecten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMateriaal en kwaliteit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBij het vergelijken van Black Friday bloembakken is het belangrijk om niet alleen naar een eventuele aanbieding te kijken, maar ook naar de kwaliteit van het materiaal. Cortenstaal ontwikkelt een natuurlijke roestkleur en vormt een beschermende oxidatielaag die verdere corrosie afremt. Aluminium wordt vaak gekozen voor een strakke en moderne uitstraling, terwijl hout een warme, natuurlijke afwerking biedt. Arduin is een natuursteen met een karakteristieke uitstraling, geschikt voor een klassieke of tijdloze inrichting. De drie geselecteerde modellen zijn vervaardigd uit cortenstaal klasse A en beschikken over een 50 mm omgeplooide bovenrand, verstevigingsribben en een geïntegreerde bodem met afwateringsgaten. Deze eigenschappen dragen bij aan stabiliteit, afwerking en gecontroleerde waterafvoer. Een eventuele Black Friday-korting is vooral interessant wanneer de plantenbak ook technisch en praktisch aan je verwachtingen voldoet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eMaten en varianten\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Friday plantenbakken zijn verkrijgbaar in uiteenlopende afmetingen, hoogtes, vormen en uitvoeringen. Van compacte modellen voor kleinere buitenruimtes tot grote plantenbakken voor ruime terrassen, tuinen en zakelijke toepassingen: de juiste keuze hangt af van de beschikbare oppervlakte, de gewenste visuele impact en de ruimte die de beplanting nodig heeft. Langwerpige plantenbakken zijn beschikbaar in verschillende lengtes, breedtes en hoogtes en zijn geschikt voor groene lijnen en visuele afscheidingen. Vierkante modellen bieden een evenwichtige uitstraling, terwijl ronde plantenbakken in verschillende diameters en hoogtes als decoratief accent kunnen dienen. Daarnaast bestaan er uitvoeringen met of zonder bodem, met afwateringsgaten en in bepaalde varianten met poten. Naast de drie uitgelichte modellen zijn er tal van andere maten, materialen en afwerkingen beschikbaar. Bepaal vóór Black Friday welke afmetingen en eigenschappen je nodig hebt, zodat je eventuele aanbiedingen gericht kunt vergelijken zonder uitsluitend op de prijs af te gaan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFunctionele scenario's\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cfigure\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Black Friday Plantenbakken voor core product in BE-NL\" data-filename=\"black-friday-plantenbakken-langwerpig-cortenstaal-terrasafscheiding.jpg\" loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\n\u003cfigcaption\u003eEen langwerpige plantenbak is interessant voor wie tijdens Black Friday een groene terrasafscheiding wil realiseren. Door meerdere plantenbakken in een lijn te plaatsen, ontstaat een samenhangende inrichting. Vergelijk vooraf de beschikbare lengtes en constructies om de juiste uitvoering te kiezen.\u003c\/figcaption\u003e\n\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003cfigure\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Black Friday Plantenbakken voor core product in BE-NL\" data-filename=\"black-friday-plantenbakken-vierkant-cortenstaal-groen-accent.jpg\" loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\n\u003cfigcaption\u003eEen vierkante plantenbak vormt een duidelijk groen accent op een terras of binnenplaats. De evenwichtige vorm past bij symmetrische tuinontwerpen en moderne buitenruimtes. Tijdens Black Friday kun je verschillende vierkante uitvoeringen vergelijken op materiaal, afmetingen en eventuele actieprijzen.\u003c\/figcaption\u003e\n\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003cfigure\u003e\u003cimg alt=\"Black Friday Plantenbakken voor core product in BE-NL\" data-filename=\"black-friday-plantenbakken-rond-cortenstaal-entree.jpg\" loading=\"lazy\"\u003e\n\u003cfigcaption\u003eEen hoge ronde plantenbak is geschikt als verticaal accent bij een entree of op een terras. De verticale vorm kan helpen om een ingang of doorgang visueel te benadrukken. Controleer tijdens Black Friday of de gewenste hoogte, plantdiepte en uitvoering aansluiten bij je beplanting en beschikbare ruimte.\u003c\/figcaption\u003e\n\u003c\/figure\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTop 3 modellen\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWie tijdens Black Friday plantenbakken wil kopen, kan beginnen met drie cortenstalen modellen die verschillen in vorm, hoogte en toepassing. Deze selectie helpt je om producteigenschappen te vergelijken voordat je een eventuele Black Friday aanbieding beoordeelt. Alle drie de modellen beschikken over een geïntegreerde bodem met afwateringsgaten en zijn ontworpen voor langdurig buitengebruik.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLangwerpige cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 200x40x40 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDeze langwerpige uitvoering is een interessante keuze voor grotere terrassen en tuinen waar een duidelijke lijn of groene afscheiding gewenst is. Tijdens Black Friday is dit model het vergelijken waard wanneer je een duurzame plantenbak zoekt met een verstevigde constructie en geïntegreerde bodem.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfmetingen van 200 × 40 × 40 cm (breedte × diepte × hoogte)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVervaardigd uit hoogwaardig cortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeproduceerd met aandacht voor afwerking en consistente kwaliteit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVoorzien van een geïntegreerde bodem met afwateringsgaten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 mm omgeplooide bovenrand voor extra stevigheid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterne verstevigingsribben voor structurele stabiliteit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatuurlijke beschermende roestlaag voor langdurige weerbestendigheid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclusief 2 jaar garantie en 90 dagen bedenktijd\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x40x40-cm-doika\" aria-label=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Langwerpige cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 200x40x40 cm\" title=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Langwerpige cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 200x40x40 cm\"\u003eBekijk model\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVierkante cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 80x80x60 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDit vierkante model is geschikt voor wie een opvallend maar evenwichtig groen element zoekt. Wie tijdens Black Friday een vierkante plantenbak wil vergelijken, vindt in deze uitvoering een combinatie van cortenstaal klasse A, een geïntegreerde bodem en een verstevigde constructie.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfmetingen van 80 × 80 × 60 cm (breedte × diepte × hoogte)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVierkante vorm met een evenwichtige uitstraling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVervaardigd uit weerbestendig cortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeproduceerd met aandacht voor consistente kwaliteit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeïntegreerde bodem met afwateringsgaten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 mm omgeplooide bovenrand en interne verstevigingsribben\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatuurlijke roestlaag die verdere corrosie afremt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclusief 2 jaar garantie en 90 dagen bedenktijd\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x60-cm-doika\" aria-label=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Vierkante cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 80x80x60 cm\" title=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Vierkante cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 80x80x60 cm\"\u003eBekijk model\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRonde cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 35x35x80 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDe ronde uitvoering is een goede keuze wanneer je een hoger decoratief accent wilt plaatsen op een relatief beperkte oppervlakte. Tijdens Black Friday is dit model interessant om te vergelijken wanneer je een hoge plantenbak zoekt die een opvallende entree of terrasopstelling mogelijk maakt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfmetingen van 35 × 35 × 80 cm (breedte × diepte × hoogte)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRonde vorm met een hoogte van 80 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVervaardigd uit cortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeproduceerd met aandacht voor kwaliteit en afwerking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeïntegreerde bodem met afwateringsgaten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 mm omgeplooide bovenrand voor extra stevigheid\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterne verstevigingsribben voor structurele stabiliteit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeschikt voor langdurig buitengebruik bij regen, vorst en UV-straling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInclusief 2 jaar garantie en 90 dagen bedenktijd\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-35x35x80-cm-doika\" aria-label=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Ronde cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 35x35x80 cm\" title=\"Bekijk Black Friday Plantenbakken model Ronde cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 35x35x80 cm\"\u003eBekijk model\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVergelijkingstabel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eModel\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eVorm\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMateriaal\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBodem\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eToepassing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLangwerpige cortenstalen plantenbak 200x40x40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLangwerpig\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMet afwateringsgaten\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGroene afscheiding\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVierkante cortenstalen plantenbak 80x80x60 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVierkant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMet afwateringsgaten\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCentraal groen accent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRonde cortenstalen plantenbak 35x35x80 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRond\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCortenstaal klasse A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMet afwateringsgaten\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVerticaal decoratief accent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVeelgemaakte fouten\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEen plantenbak uitsluitend vanwege een mogelijke Black Friday-korting kiezen zonder materiaal, constructie en afwatering te vergelijken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDe beschikbare ruimte niet meten voordat je tijdens Black Friday een plantenbak bestelt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDe verkeerde bodemuitvoering kiezen zonder rekening te houden met de ondergrond en gewenste wortelruimte\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfwatering vergeten, waardoor overtollig water in de plantenbak blijft staan\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHet totale gewicht van de plantenbak, het substraat, de beplanting en opgenomen water onderschatten\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeen rekening houden met roestwater tijdens de ontwikkeling van de beschermende roestlaag bij cortenstaal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEen automatische Black Friday-korting veronderstellen zonder de actuele productprijs, beschikbaarheid en actievoorwaarden te controleren\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallatie en onderhoud\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKies een stabiele, vlakke ondergrond die geschikt is voor het totale gewicht van de gevulde plantenbak\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreng bij de geselecteerde modellen met bodem ongeveer 10 cm kiezels aan als drainagelaag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDek de drainagelaag af met vochtdoorlatend anti-worteldoek dat langs de randen omhoog loopt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVul de plantenbak met een luchtig grondmengsel dat aansluit bij de gekozen beplanting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControleer regelmatig of de afwateringsgaten vrij zijn en overtollig water correct kan wegstromen\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHoud rekening met het natuurlijke roestproces van cortenstaal en gebruik indien gewenst een geschikte roestfixeerder om roestwater te beperken\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eGerelateerde categorieën\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/plantenbakken\" aria-label=\"Link naar plantenbakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar plantenbakken op Doika\"\u003ePlantenbakken\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak\" aria-label=\"Link naar cortenstalen plantenbakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar cortenstalen plantenbakken op Doika\"\u003eCortenstalen plantenbakken\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/bloembak-arduin\" aria-label=\"Link naar arduinen bloembakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar arduinen bloembakken op Doika\"\u003eArduinen bloembakken\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/houten-plantenbak\" aria-label=\"Link naar houten plantenbakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar houten plantenbakken op Doika\"\u003eHouten plantenbakken\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/aluminium-plantenbak\" aria-label=\"Link naar aluminium plantenbakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar aluminium plantenbakken op Doika\"\u003eAluminium plantenbakken\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"eeat\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWaarom kiezen voor Doika?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDoika is een webshop gespecialiseerd in producten voor de inrichting van tuinen, terrassen en andere buitenruimtes. Het assortiment omvat plantenbakken in verschillende materialen, vormen en afmetingen, zodat klanten een uitvoering kunnen kiezen die aansluit bij hun wensen en beschikbare ruimte. Tijdens Black Friday kunnen klanten de beschikbare modellen en eventuele acties vergelijken op basis van actuele productinformatie en prijzen. Bestellingen worden verwerkt met aandacht voor een zorgvuldige levering en duidelijke communicatie over de verwachte levertijd. Klanten kunnen bij de klantenservice terecht voor vragen over producten, bestellingen, leveringen en retouren. Voor de drie geselecteerde cortenstalen modellen geldt volgens de productinformatie 2 jaar garantie en 90 dagen bedenktijd. Zo kun je ook tijdens Black Friday een weloverwogen aankoop doen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConclusie\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Friday 2026 is een interessant moment om plantenbakken te vergelijken en mogelijke aanbiedingen te ontdekken. Of je nu een langwerpige uitvoering zoekt voor een groene afscheiding, een vierkant model als centraal accent of een hoge ronde plantenbak voor een opvallende entree, de juiste keuze hangt af van je beschikbare ruimte, gewenste beplanting en buitenomgeving. Vergelijk de drie geselecteerde modellen, controleer hun actuele prijzen en beschikbaarheid en beoordeel eventuele Black Friday acties. Bekijk het volledige assortiment \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/plantenbakken\" aria-label=\"Link naar plantenbakken op Doika\" title=\"Link naar plantenbakken op Doika\"\u003eplantenbakken\u003c\/a\u003e en ontdek welke uitvoering het beste bij jouw tuin of terras past.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c!-- FAQ metafield renders here --\u003e \u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n  {\n    \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n    \"@type\": \"CollectionPage\",\n    \"name\": \"Black Friday Plantenbakken\",\n    \"mainEntity\": {\n      \"@type\": \"ItemList\",\n      \"itemListElement\": [\n        {\n          \"@type\": \"ListItem\",\n          \"position\": 1,\n          \"url\": \"\/products\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x40x40-cm-doika\",\n          \"name\": \"Langwerpige cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 200x40x40 cm\"\n        },\n        {\n          \"@type\": \"ListItem\",\n          \"position\": 2,\n          \"url\": \"\/products\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x60-cm-doika\",\n          \"name\": \"Vierkante cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 80x80x60 cm\"\n        },\n        {\n          \"@type\": \"ListItem\",\n          \"position\": 3,\n          \"url\": \"\/products\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-35x35x80-cm-doika\",\n          \"name\": \"Ronde cortenstalen plantenbak met bodem 35x35x80 cm\"\n        }\n      ]\n    }\n  }\n  \u003c\/script\u003e\u003c\/main\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x60-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 60x60x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with base, measuring 60 × 60 × 60 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with an airy growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter with Base 60 x 60 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34699183227013,"sku":"QuadraB4","price":204.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab4-7908846.jpg?v=1785326353"},{"product_id":"conische-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x120-cm-doika","title":"Conical Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 60x60x120 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this conical corten steel planter with base (60 × 60 × 120 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this conical corten steel planter with base 60 x 60 x 120 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34699600527493,"sku":"VasoB1","price":483.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34699600560261,"sku":"VasoZB1","price":403.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/vasob1-plantenbak-60x60x120cm-37-kg-cortenstaal-plantenbak-geroba-letterbox-vasob1-943486.png?v=1610756745"},{"product_id":"ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-35x35x80-cm-doika","title":"Round Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 35x35x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this round corten steel planter with base (35 × 35 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Round corten steel planter with base 35 x 35 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34699835736197,"sku":"RondaB9","price":260.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-35x35x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-rondab9-2149295.jpg?v=1785326353"},{"product_id":"hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-30x30x60-cm-doika","title":"High Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 30x30x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this tall corten steel planter with base (30 × 30 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this tall corten steel planter with base (30 x 30 x 60 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802158502021,"sku":"ArtesaB1","price":153.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-30x30x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab1-2392493.jpg?v=1785326293"},{"product_id":"hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-40x40x80-cm-doika","title":"High Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 40x40x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this tall, baseless corten steel planter (40 × 40 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this tall corten steel planter without base (40 x 40 x 80 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34802172985477,"sku":"ArtesaB2","price":183.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34802173051013,"sku":"ArtesaZB2","price":174.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-40x40x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab2-9247459.jpg?v=1785326293"},{"product_id":"hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-40x40x100-cm-doika","title":"High Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 40x40x100 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this tall, 40 × 40 × 100 cm (width × depth × height) corten steel planter with base is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality, class A corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of class A corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this tall corten steel planter with base (40 x 40 x 100 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802181439621,"sku":"ArtesaB3","price":210.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-40x40x100-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab3-5728975.jpg?v=1785326294"},{"product_id":"hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-50x50x100-cm-doika","title":"High Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 50x50x100 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this tall, 50 × 50 × 100 cm (width × depth × height) corten steel planter with base is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality, class A corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of class A corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this tall corten steel planter with base 50 x 50 x 100 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802186682501,"sku":"ArtesaB4","price":254.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-50x50x100-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab4-2588571.jpg?v=1785326294"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x60-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 80x80x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (80 × 80 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 80 x 80 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802601459845,"sku":"ArtesaB5","price":315.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab5-2143585.jpg?v=1785326293"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-90x30x80-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 90x30x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (90 × 30 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 90 x 30 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802606669957,"sku":"ArtesaB6","price":271.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-90x30x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab6-9005493.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x40-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 100x100x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (100 × 100 × 40 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 100 x 100 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34802612240517,"sku":"ArtesaB8","price":286.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab8-3162860.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 100x100x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (100 × 100 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 100 x 100 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803081379973,"sku":"ArtesaB10","price":450.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab10-4067894.jpg?v=1785326292"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x40-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x120x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (120 × 120 × 40 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 120 x 120 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803089440901,"sku":"ArtesaB11","price":385.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab11-2468854.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x120x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (120 × 120 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 120 x 120 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803096584325,"sku":"ArtesaB13","price":543.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab13-5641236.jpg?v=1785326292"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (120 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base (120 x 50 x 60 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803105202309,"sku":"ArtesaB14","price":317.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x50x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab14-6295860.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x60-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x120x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (120 × 120 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 120 x 120 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803112083589,"sku":"ArtesaB12","price":466.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab12-8615110.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-140x140x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 140x140x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this square corten steel planter with base (140 × 140 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square corten steel planter with base 140 x 140 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803118702725,"sku":"ArtesaB15","price":645.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-140x140x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab15-7926714.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 150x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (150 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 150 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803128270981,"sku":"ArtesaB16","price":363.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x50x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab16-4264767.jpg?v=1785326292"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 200x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this 200 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height) rectangular corten steel planter with base is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality class A corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of class A corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 200 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803133448325,"sku":"ArtesaB17","price":455.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x50x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab17-3957625.jpg?v=1785326292"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 200x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this 200 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height) rectangular corten steel planter with base is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality class A corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of class A corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 200 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803138723973,"sku":"ArtesaB18","price":311.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-200x40x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab18-4935539.png?v=1785326294"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 150x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (150 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 150 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803145375877,"sku":"ArtesaB19","price":253.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x40x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab19-3883827.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-30x30x30-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 30x30x30 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with base 30 × 30 × 30 cm (width × depth × height) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, appearance, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixative)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with an airy growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter with Base 30 x 30 x 30 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803235258501,"sku":"QuadraB1","price":99.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-30x30x30-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab1-3066459.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-40x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 40x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with a base measuring 40 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixative)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter with Base 40 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803245482117,"sku":"QuadraB2","price":127.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-40x40x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab2-5925211.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-50x50x50-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 50x50x50 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with base, 50 × 50 × 50 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this square Corten steel planter with base (50 x 50 x 50 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803251773573,"sku":"QuadraB3","price":161.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-50x50x50-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab3-7710146.jpg?v=1785326291"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-70x70x70-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 70x70x70 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with a base measuring 70 × 70 × 70 cm (width × depth × height) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter with Base 70 x 70 x 70 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803272122501,"sku":"QuadraB5","price":259.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-70x70x70-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab5-6134512.jpg?v=1785326237"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-100x100x100-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 100x100x100 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with base 100 × 100 × 100 cm (width × depth × height) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this square Corten steel planter with base (100 x 100 x 100 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803275628677,"sku":"QuadraB7","price":524.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x100-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab7-4843498.jpg?v=1785326237"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 80x80x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter with a base measuring 80 × 80 × 80 cm (width × depth × height) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with an airy growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter with Base 80 x 80 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":34803280838789,"sku":"QuadraB6","price":367.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-quadrab6-4855492.jpg?v=1785326241"},{"product_id":"ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x80-cm-doika","title":"Round Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x120x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this round corten steel planter with base (120 × 120 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Round corten steel planter with base 120 x 120 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34804869169285,"sku":"RondaB1","price":651.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34804869234821,"sku":"RondaZB1","price":673.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x120x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-rondab1-8140032.jpg?v=1785326236"},{"product_id":"ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x80-cm-doika","title":"Round Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 100x100x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this round corten steel planter with base (100 × 100 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Round corten steel planter with base 100 x 100 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805444378757,"sku":"RondaB3","price":559.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805444444293,"sku":"RondaZB3","price":588.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x100x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-rondab3-6391564.jpg?v=1785326236"},{"product_id":"ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x80-cm-doika","title":"Round Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 80x80x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this round corten steel planter with base (80 × 80 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Round corten steel planter with base 80 x 80 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805630304389,"sku":"RondaB6","price":414.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805630369925,"sku":"RondaZB6","price":433.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-80x80x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-rondab6-5871639.jpg?v=1785326236"},{"product_id":"ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x60-cm-doika","title":"Round Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 60x60x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this round corten steel planter with base (60 × 60 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe round shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this round corten steel planter with base 60 x 60 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805643935877,"sku":"RondaB7","price":289.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805644001413,"sku":"RondaZB7","price":300.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/ronde-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x60-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-rondab7-6648053.jpg?v=1785326236"},{"product_id":"conische-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-50x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Conical Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 50x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this conical corten steel planter with base (50 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel grade A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel grade A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this conical corten steel planter with base 50 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805651275909,"sku":"VasoB4","price":252.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805651308677,"sku":"VasoZB4","price":214.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/vasob4-plantenbak-50x50x60cm-19kg-cortenstaal-plantenbak-geroba-letterbox-vasob4-156291.png?v=1610756745"},{"product_id":"conische-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-50x50x80-cm-doika","title":"Conical Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 50x50x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this conical corten steel planter with base (50 × 50 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this conical corten steel planter with base 50 x 50 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805657305221,"sku":"VasoB3","price":285.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805657337989,"sku":"VasoZB3","price":249.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/vasob3-plantenbak-50x50x80cm-23kg-cortenstaal-plantenbak-geroba-letterbox-vasob3-311771.png?v=1610756745"},{"product_id":"conische-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-60x60x100-cm-doika","title":"Conical Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 60x60x100 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this conical corten steel planter with base (60 × 60 × 100 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe conical shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this conical corten steel planter with base 60 x 60 x 100 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":34805662417029,"sku":"VasoB2","price":417.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":34805662449797,"sku":"VasoZB2","price":355.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/vasob2-plantenbak-60x60x100cm-33kg-cortenstaal-plantenbak-geroba-letterbox-vasob2-141041.png?v=1610756745"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x30x80-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 150x30x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (150 × 30 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base (150 x 30 x 80 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39465199665285,"sku":"ArtesaB21","price":399.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-150x30x80-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab21-3338727.png?v=1785326053"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 120x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated, baseless corten steel planter (120 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 120 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"With bottom","offer_id":39465206186117,"sku":"ArtesaB20","price":229.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Without bottom","offer_id":39465206218885,"sku":"ArtesaZB20","price":219.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-120x40x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab20-2448057.jpg?v=1785326052"},{"product_id":"geroba-landa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-houtopslag-100x38-5x90-cm-doika","title":"Geroba Corten Steel Planter Landa with Wood Storage 100x38.5x90 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Geroba Landa corten steel planter with wood storage 100 × 38,5 × 90 cm (width × depth × height) is a beautiful addition to any garden. This planter is available in different sizes and offers the perfect balance between functionality and aesthetics. The Artesa flower boxes are available with or without a bottom, and the models with a bottom are equipped with 15mm legs and drainage holes. We also have extra high legs. The top of the Artesa flower boxes is folded 50mm for extra strength and the inside is equipped with reinforcement ribs for extra stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eThe Advantages of the Geroba Landa corten steel planter with wood storage 100x38.5x90 cm\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExceptional Strength and Durability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from high-quality corten steel, this planter will last for years, even in the most challenging weather conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eVersatile Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rust color of Corten steel ensures that this planter fits seamlessly into both modern and classic gardens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEcologically Responsible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully recyclable, making this planter not only sustainable, but also environmentally friendly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop quality Corten steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made from class A corten steel, which is known as the strongest and most durable corten steel on the market.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWeather resistant:\u003c\/strong\u003e UV and frost resistant, so the planter can be left outside all year round without sustaining damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eRust Process and Maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\nOver time, Corten steel develops a natural rust layer that serves as a protective barrier against further corrosion. The Geroba Artesa Planter is delivered unrusted and will acquire its characteristic rust color in 6 to 12 months. This process can be accelerated to 2 to 3 weeks with a rust accelerator, available at the bottom of this page for recommended combinations. After the rusting process, we recommend using a rust fixer to prevent rust water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor optimal drainage, we recommend placing a layer of pebbles of approximately 10 cm in the planter, covered with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth. Make sure that the cloth rises at least 10 cm at the edges for best effect. Cover the anti-root cloth with an airy soil mixture that is suitable for the planting. Please note: do not tamp the soil, as this may cause damage to the container.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWarranty\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe fully support the quality of our products. That's why we offer a 2-year warranty and a 90-day cooling-off period, so you can buy with confidence.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eOrder the Geroba Landa corten steel planter with wood storage 100x38.5x90 cm today!\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39636194689157,"sku":"LandaC1","price":824.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/geroba-landa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-houtopslag-100x385x90-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-bv-landac1-681412.jpg?v=1640309299"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-houtopslag-150x38-5x90-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Wood Storage 150x38.5x90 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with wood storage (150 × 38,5 × 90 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with wood storage 150 x 38.5 x 90 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39636195737733,"sku":"LandaC2","price":1019.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/products\/geroba-landa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-houtopslag-150x385x90-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-bv-landac2-949127.jpg?v=1640309299"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter with Bottom 100x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio sustainably and thoughtfully? Then this elongated corten steel planter with base (100 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This corten steel planter is designed for those who value quality, appearance, and longevity. You're not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually, giving your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality corten steel class A\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made of corten steel class A. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round, without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior types.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian production with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is produced in Belgium. This means short lines, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You'll especially notice that difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a base: here's how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-without-a-base\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters without a base\"\u003ecorten steel planter without a base\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants are given the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter?sort_by=manual\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+base\u0026filter.p.m.custom.uitvoering=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with base.\"\u003ewith base\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and roof terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water drains away in a controlled manner, protecting the substrate. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: flexible and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are especially practical because they are easier to move. Especially in commercial and public environments where planters are used temporarily, for example, as a natural partition or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSophisticated construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. Reinforcing ribs on the inside ensure structural stability, even with heavy plantings or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, which is common with other corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal aftercare\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and will develop its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to accelerate this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixer\"\u003erust fixer\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surrounding area tidy. (See smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per version\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the corten steel planter directly on the open ground. Add a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root cloth, extending at least 10 cm up the edges. Fill the corten steel planter with a loose soil mixture. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of pebbles on the base and cover it with an anti-root cloth that extends up the edges. Fill the rust planter with an airy substrate. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water retention.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eConfidence with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return policy. This means you are consciously choosing a corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this oblong corten steel planter with base 100 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, robust look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39684361519237,"sku":"ArtesaB22","price":197.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-met-bodem-100x40x40-cm-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesab22-3534342.jpg?v=1785325811"},{"product_id":"hoge-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-30x30x60-cm-doika","title":"High Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 30x30x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eWant to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this tall Corten steel planter without a bottom, 30 × 30 × 60 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe column shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV radiation. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with an airy growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this tall Corten steel planter without a bottom (30 x 30 x 60 cm) today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54414133723471,"sku":"ArtesaZB1","price":152.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-30x30x60cm-12kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb1-172686.jpg?v=1739308170"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-100x100x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 100x100x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter without a bottom (100 × 100 × 80 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with an airy growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 100 x 100 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54414497317199,"sku":"ArtesaZB10","price":362.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-100x100x80cm-60kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb10-498820.jpg?v=1739308170"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x120x40-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 120x120x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter without a bottom, measuring 120 × 120 × 40 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 120 x 120 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54424958533967,"sku":"ArtesaZB11","price":298.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x120x40cm-37kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb11-695181.jpg?v=1739308165"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x120x60-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 120x120x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter without a bottom (120 × 120 × 60 cm (width × depth × height)) is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixative)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 120 x 120 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54425331630415,"sku":"ArtesaZB12","price":377.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x120x60cm-60kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb12-336191.jpg?v=1739600012"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x120x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 120x120x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter without a bottom, measuring 120 × 120 × 80 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy planting or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 120 x 120 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54426070155599,"sku":"ArtesaZB13","price":448.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-vierkant-120x120x80cm-77kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb13-218715.jpg?v=1739600013"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-120x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 120x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this 120 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height) elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 120 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54426303234383,"sku":"ArtesaZB14","price":307.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-120x50x60cm-38kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb14-954001.jpg?v=1739600011"},{"product_id":"vierkante-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-140x140x80-cm-doika","title":"Square Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 140x140x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this square Corten steel planter without a bottom, measuring 140 × 140 × 80 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe square shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Square Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 140 x 140 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54426968457551,"sku":"ArtesaZB15","price":497.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-vierkant-zonder-bodem-140x140x80cm-88kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb15-915046.jpg?v=1739600013"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-150x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 150x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this 150 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height) elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV radiation. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixative)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 150 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54433507836239,"sku":"ArtesaZB16","price":356.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalenl-pantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-150x50x60cm-53kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb16-692520.jpg?v=1739600014"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-200x50x60-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 200x50x60 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom, measuring 200 × 50 × 60 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 200 x 50 x 60 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54433681736015,"sku":"ArtesaZB17","price":443.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-200x50x60cm-59kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb17-446297.jpg?v=1739600016"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-200x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 200x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this 200 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height) elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain models are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 200 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54433794261327,"sku":"ArtesaZB18","price":305.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-200x40x40cm-45kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb18-251268.jpg?v=1739600001"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-150x40x40-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 150x40x40 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom, measuring 150 × 40 × 40 cm (width × depth × height), is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds tranquility and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy plants or larger sizes. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent waterlogging.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 150 x 40 x 40 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54433941291343,"sku":"ArtesaZB19","price":244.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-150x40x40cm-31kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb19-464342.jpg?v=1739600001"},{"product_id":"langwerpige-cortenstalen-plantenbak-zonder-bodem-150x30x80-cm-doika","title":"Elongated Corten Steel Planter without Bottom 150x30x80 cm","description":"\u003cp\u003eDo you want to design your garden or patio in a sustainable and thoughtful way? Then this 150 × 30 × 80 cm (width × depth × height) elongated Corten steel planter without a bottom is a smart choice. This Corten steel planter is designed for people who value quality, aesthetics, and durability. You’re not choosing a temporary accent, but a structural element that instantly adds a sense of calm and quality to your outdoor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose this Corten steel planter?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe elongated shape creates a powerful and balanced look in your garden or on your patio. The natural rust color develops gradually and gives your outdoor space a warm, timeless look that suits both modern and classic garden styles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eMade for long-term outdoor use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHigh-quality Class A Corten steel\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis planter is made from Class A Corten steel. This material is known for its exceptional strength and weather resistance. You can leave the planter outside all year round without worrying about frost, rain, or UV rays. The natural rusting process forms a protective layer that inhibits further corrosion, something that is often lacking in thinner or inferior grades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBelgian manufacturing with a focus on quality\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis model is manufactured in Belgium. That means short supply chains, controlled production, and attention to detail. No mass production where tolerances and welds vary from piece to piece, but consistent quality that you can see and feel. You’ll really notice the difference after a few years of use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWith or without a bottom: how to make the right choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou choose a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/cortenstaal-plantenbak-zonder-bodem\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters without a bottom\"\u003eCorten steel planter without a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e when you place it directly on the ground. Roots can then grow freely, and excess water drains away naturally. This is ideal for borders and gardens where plants have the space to develop naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA version \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planters?sort_by=manual\u0026amp;filter.p.m.custom.version=With+bottom\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with bottom.\"\u003ewith a bottom\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice for patios, paved areas, and rooftop terraces. Thanks to the integrated drainage holes, water is drained in a controlled manner, keeping the ground protected. This prevents moisture problems that often only become apparent later with less well-designed constructions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eModels with legs: versatile and practical\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCertain versions are available \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/corten-steel-planter-with-legs\" title=\"Link to Corten steel planters with legs\"\u003ewith legs\u003c\/a\u003e. These are particularly convenient because they are easier to move. This is especially true in commercial and public settings where planters are used temporarily, for example as a natural divider or visual barrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWell-designed construction for stability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe top edge is folded over 50 mm for extra strength and a sleek finish. On the inside, reinforcing ribs ensure structural stability, even with heavy planting or larger dimensions. This prevents warping and sagging, a common issue with other Corten steel planters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNatural rusting process with minimal maintenance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe planter is delivered unrusted and develops its characteristic rust color within 6 to 12 months. If you want to speed up this process, you can use a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/1l-cortensteel-oxidizer\" title=\"Link to rust accelerator\"\u003erust accelerator\u003c\/a\u003e. Once the desired color is achieved, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/5l-cortenstaal-rustfix\" title=\"Link to rust fixative\"\u003erust fixative\u003c\/a\u003e is recommended to limit rust water and keep the surroundings clean. (see smart combinations for the \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust accelerator and \u003cmeta charset=\"utf-8\"\u003erust fixer)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanting advice per model\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWithout soil\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace the Corten steel planter directly on the ground. Apply a layer of gravel approximately 10 cm thick and cover it with a moisture-permeable anti-root fabric that extends at least 10 cm up the sides. Fill the Corten steel planter with a loose soil mix. Excess water can drain freely; tamping is not necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWith a base\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlace a drainage layer of approximately 10 cm of gravel on the bottom and cover it with an anti-root fabric that extends up along the edges. Fill the Corten steel planter with a well-aerated growing medium. The drainage holes ensure controlled drainage and prevent water accumulation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePeace of mind with your purchase\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou receive a 2-year warranty and a 90-day return window. This allows you to confidently choose a Corten steel planter that is not only aesthetically pleasing but also technically sound and designed for years of trouble-free use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eChoose this Rectangular Corten Steel Planter Without Bottom 150 x 30 x 80 cm today and give your outdoor space a durable, striking look you can rely on.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Geroba","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":54434160869711,"sku":"ArtesaZB21","price":379.95,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/files\/geroba-artesa-cortenstalen-plantenbak-rechthoek-zonder-bodem-150x30x80cm-58kg-plantenbak-geroba-doika-artesazb21-620368.jpg?v=1739600002"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0369\/3101\/0693\/collections\/plantenbakken_d5ed3d53-1c74-47a5-951c-bbd01a33152b.jpg?v=1793635636","url":"https:\/\/duikanl.com\/en\/collections\/black-friday-plantenbakken.oembed","provider":"Doika","version":"1.0","type":"link"}